Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 35605:0689ddc1751c
(DONTCOMPILE): Add various term files.
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 26 Jan 2001 12:42:33 +0000 |
parents | 9af454aee182 |
children | 83f1f7fbe26e |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 1999, 2000 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "charset.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 41 #include "frame.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef macintosh |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "macterm.h" |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif /* macintosh */ |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
79 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
80 | |
81 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. | |
25012 | 82 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
83 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
84 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
85 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 86 |
87 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
88 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
89 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
90 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
91 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
94 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
95 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
96 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
97 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
99 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
101 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
102 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 103 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
104 #endif | |
25012 | 105 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
106 | |
29437 | 107 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
108 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ | |
109 #endif | |
25012 | 110 |
111 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
112 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
113 | |
114 struct dim | |
115 { | |
116 int width; | |
117 int height; | |
118 }; | |
119 | |
120 | |
121 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
122 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
123 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
124 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
125 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
126 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
127 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 128 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
129 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
130 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
131 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
132 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
133 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
134 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, struct dim, int, int *)); | |
135 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *, | |
136 struct dim)); | |
137 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); | |
138 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
139 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
140 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
141 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
142 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
143 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 144 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
145 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 146 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
147 #endif |
25012 | 148 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
149 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
150 struct window *)); | |
151 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
152 struct window *)); | |
153 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
154 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
155 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
156 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
158 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
159 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
160 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
161 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
162 int, int)); | |
163 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
164 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
165 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
166 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 167 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
168 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 169 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
170 int)); | |
171 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
172 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
173 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 174 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
175 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
176 #endif |
25012 | 177 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
178 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
179 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
180 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
181 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
182 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
183 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 184 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
185 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
186 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
187 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
188 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
189 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 190 |
191 | |
192 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
193 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
194 scrolling. */ | |
195 | |
196 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
197 |
554 | 198 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 199 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 200 |
764 | 201 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 202 |
25012 | 203 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 204 |
205 int display_completed; | |
206 | |
25012 | 207 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
208 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 209 |
210 int visible_bell; | |
211 | |
764 | 212 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 213 |
214 int inverse_video; | |
215 | |
216 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
217 | |
218 int baud_rate; | |
219 | |
25012 | 220 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
221 is running. */ | |
314 | 222 |
223 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
224 | |
225 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 226 |
314 | 227 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
228 | |
25012 | 229 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
230 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 231 |
232 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 233 as a character code. |
234 | |
235 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
236 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 237 |
238 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
239 | |
240 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
241 | |
242 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
243 | |
25012 | 244 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
245 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. positive means at end of | |
246 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ | |
247 | |
314 | 248 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
249 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
250 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 251 |
314 | 252 |
25012 | 253 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
254 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
255 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
256 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 257 |
258 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 259 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 260 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
261 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 262 |
263 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
264 | |
265 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
266 | |
267 FILE *termscript; | |
268 | |
269 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
270 | |
271 struct cm Wcm; | |
272 | |
273 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
274 | |
275 int delayed_size_change; | |
276 | |
277 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
278 | |
279 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
280 | |
281 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
282 | |
283 struct window *updated_window; | |
284 | |
285 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
286 | |
287 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
288 int updated_area; | |
289 | |
290 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
291 | |
292 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
293 | |
294 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
295 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
296 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
297 | |
298 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
299 | |
300 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
301 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
302 | |
303 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
304 int glyph_pool_count; | |
305 | |
306 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
307 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
308 | |
309 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
310 | |
311 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
312 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
313 | |
314 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
315 | |
316 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
317 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
318 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
319 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
320 loaded on demand. */ | |
321 | |
322 int fonts_changed_p; | |
323 | |
324 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. | |
325 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ | |
326 | |
327 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
328 | |
329 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
330 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
331 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
332 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
333 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 has been contructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 char *buf; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 ++history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 char *buf; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 ++history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
413 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
414 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 "Dump redisplay history to stderr.") |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 () |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
425 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
426 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
427 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
428 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
429 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
430 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
431 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
432 |
25012 | 433 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
434 | |
435 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->top)) | |
436 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->left)) | |
437 | |
438 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
439 | |
440 | |
441 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
442 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
443 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 444 |
445 void | |
446 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
447 char *from, *to; | |
448 int size; | |
449 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
450 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 451 return; |
452 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
453 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
454 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
455 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
456 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
457 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
458 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
459 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
460 else |
314 | 461 { |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
462 register char *endf = from + size; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
463 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 464 |
465 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
466 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
467 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
468 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
469 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
470 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 471 if (to - from < 64) |
472 { | |
473 do | |
474 *--endt = *--endf; | |
475 while (endf != from); | |
476 } | |
477 else | |
478 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
479 for (;;) |
314 | 480 { |
481 endt -= (to - from); | |
482 endf -= (to - from); | |
483 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
484 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
485 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
486 |
314 | 487 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
488 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
489 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
490 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 491 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
492 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 493 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
494 } | |
495 } | |
496 } | |
497 | |
25012 | 498 |
499 | |
500 /*********************************************************************** | |
501 Glyph Matrices | |
502 ***********************************************************************/ | |
503 | |
504 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
505 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
506 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
507 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
508 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
509 | |
510 struct glyph_matrix * | |
511 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
512 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
513 { | |
514 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
515 | |
516 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
517 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
518 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
519 | |
520 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
521 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
522 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
523 | |
524 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
525 result->pool = pool; | |
526 return result; | |
527 } | |
528 | |
529 | |
530 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
531 | |
532 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
533 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
534 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
535 pointer was passed to this function. | |
536 | |
537 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own | |
538 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
539 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
540 | |
541 static void | |
542 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
543 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
544 { | |
545 if (matrix) | |
546 { | |
547 int i; | |
548 | |
549 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
550 allocated. */ | |
551 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
552 abort (); | |
553 | |
554 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
555 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
556 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
557 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
558 | |
559 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ | |
560 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
561 xfree (matrix); | |
562 } | |
563 } | |
564 | |
565 | |
566 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
567 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
568 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
569 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
570 or a float. */ | |
571 | |
572 static int | |
573 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
574 struct window *w; | |
575 int total_glyphs; | |
576 Lisp_Object margin; | |
577 { | |
578 int n; | |
579 | |
580 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
581 { | |
582 int width = XFASTINT (w->width); | |
583 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); | |
584 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
585 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
586 } | |
587 else | |
588 n = 0; | |
589 | |
590 return n; | |
591 } | |
592 | |
593 | |
594 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
595 window sizes. | |
596 | |
597 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
598 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
599 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
600 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
601 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
602 | |
603 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
604 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
605 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
606 MATRIX->pool. | |
607 | |
608 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
609 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
610 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
611 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
612 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
613 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
614 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
615 | |
616 static void | |
617 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
618 struct window *w; | |
619 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
620 int x, y; | |
621 struct dim dim; | |
622 { | |
623 int i; | |
624 int new_rows; | |
625 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 626 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
627 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 628 int left = -1, right = -1; |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
629 int window_x, window_y, window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 630 |
631 /* See if W had a top line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ | |
632 if (w) | |
633 { | |
25546 | 634 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
635 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 636 } |
25546 | 637 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 638 |
639 /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas | |
640 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
641 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
642 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
643 { | |
644 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); | |
645 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_width); | |
646 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_width); | |
647 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
648 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
649 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
650 | |
651 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
652 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 653 && !header_line_changed_p |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
654 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
25012 | 655 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
656 && matrix->window_height == window_height | |
657 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
658 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
659 return; | |
660 } | |
661 | |
662 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ | |
663 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
664 { | |
665 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
666 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
667 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
668 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
669 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
670 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
671 } | |
672 else | |
673 new_rows = 0; | |
674 | |
675 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
676 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
677 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
678 if (matrix->pool) | |
679 { | |
680 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
681 | |
682 if (w) | |
683 { | |
684 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
685 w->left_margin_width); | |
686 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
687 w->right_margin_width); | |
688 } | |
689 else | |
690 left = right = 0; | |
691 | |
692 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) | |
693 { | |
694 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
695 | |
696 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
697 = (matrix->pool->glyphs | |
698 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
699 + x); | |
700 | |
701 if (w == NULL | |
702 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 703 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 704 { |
705 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
706 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
707 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
708 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
709 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
710 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
711 } | |
712 else | |
713 { | |
714 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
715 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
716 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
717 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
718 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
719 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
720 } | |
721 } | |
722 | |
723 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
724 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
725 } | |
726 else | |
727 { | |
728 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
729 its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
730 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
731 || new_rows | |
25546 | 732 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 733 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
734 { | |
735 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
736 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
737 | |
738 while (row < end) | |
739 { | |
740 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
741 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
742 (dim.width | |
743 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
744 | |
745 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ | |
746 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 747 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 748 { |
749 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
750 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
751 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
752 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
753 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
754 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
755 } | |
756 else | |
757 { | |
758 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
759 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
760 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
761 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
762 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
763 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
764 } | |
765 ++row; | |
766 } | |
767 } | |
768 | |
769 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
770 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
771 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
772 } | |
773 | |
774 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ | |
775 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
776 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 777 |
778 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having valid | |
779 contents. It's important to not do this for desired matrices. | |
780 When Emacs starts, it may already be building desired matrices | |
781 when this function runs. */ | |
782 if (w && matrix == w->current_matrix) | |
783 { | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
784 if (window_width < 0) |
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
785 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
786 |
25012 | 787 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
788 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part | |
789 of the window. */ | |
790 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
791 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
25012 | 792 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
793 && matrix->window_width == window_box_width (w, -1)) |
25012 | 794 { |
795 i = 0; | |
796 while (matrix->rows[i].enabled_p | |
797 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) | |
798 < matrix->window_height)) | |
799 ++i; | |
800 | |
801 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that | |
802 are invalidated. */ | |
803 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) | |
804 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) | |
805 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
806 | |
807 while (i < matrix->nrows) | |
808 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; | |
809 } | |
810 else | |
811 { | |
812 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
813 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
814 } | |
815 } | |
816 | |
817 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ | |
818 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
819 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
820 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
821 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
822 | |
823 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
824 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
825 if (w) | |
826 { | |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
827 matrix->window_left_x = XFASTINT (w->left); |
25012 | 828 matrix->window_top_y = XFASTINT (w->top); |
829 matrix->window_height = window_height; | |
830 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
831 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
832 } | |
833 } | |
834 | |
835 | |
836 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
837 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
838 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
839 below). */ | |
314 | 840 |
841 static void | |
25012 | 842 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
843 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
844 int start, end; | |
314 | 845 { |
25012 | 846 int i, j; |
847 | |
848 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
849 { | |
850 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
851 initialization. */ | |
852 struct glyph_row temp; | |
853 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
854 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
855 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
856 } | |
314 | 857 } |
858 | |
25012 | 859 |
860 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
861 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
862 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
863 row structures are moved around). | |
864 | |
865 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
866 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
867 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
868 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
869 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
870 rotating right. */ | |
871 | |
872 void | |
873 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
874 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
875 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 876 { |
25012 | 877 if (by < 0) |
878 { | |
879 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
880 by = -by; | |
881 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
882 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
883 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
884 } | |
885 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 886 { |
25012 | 887 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
888 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
889 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
890 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 891 } |
25012 | 892 } |
893 | |
894 | |
895 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
896 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
897 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
898 | |
899 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
900 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 901 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
902 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
903 { | |
904 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
905 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
906 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
907 xassert (start <= end); | |
908 | |
909 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
910 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 911 } |
912 | |
913 | |
914 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
915 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
916 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
917 | |
918 void | |
919 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
920 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
921 int start, end; | |
922 int enabled_p; | |
923 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
924 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
925 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
926 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
927 |
25012 | 928 for (; start < end; ++start) |
929 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
930 } | |
931 | |
932 | |
933 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
934 | |
935 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
936 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
937 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
938 enabled_p flag. | |
939 | |
940 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
941 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
942 | |
943 void | |
944 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
945 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
946 { | |
947 if (matrix) | |
314 | 948 { |
25012 | 949 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
950 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 951 } |
952 } | |
25012 | 953 |
954 | |
955 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
956 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
957 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
958 | |
959 void | |
960 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
961 struct window *w; | |
962 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
963 int start, end, dy; | |
964 { | |
965 int min_y, max_y; | |
966 | |
967 xassert (start <= end); | |
968 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
969 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
970 | |
25546 | 971 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 972 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
973 | |
974 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
975 { | |
976 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
977 | |
978 row->y += dy; | |
979 | |
980 if (row->y < min_y) | |
981 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
982 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
983 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
984 else | |
985 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
986 } | |
987 } | |
988 | |
989 | |
990 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
991 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
992 current matrix. */ | |
993 | |
994 void | |
995 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
996 register struct frame *f; | |
997 { | |
998 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
999 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1000 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1001 | |
1002 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1003 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1004 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1005 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1006 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1007 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1008 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1009 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1010 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1011 |
1012 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1013 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1014 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1015 } | |
1016 | |
1017 | |
1018 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1019 |
21514 | 1020 void |
25012 | 1021 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1022 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1023 { |
25012 | 1024 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1025 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
1026 | |
1027 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1028 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1029 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1030 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1031 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1032 |
1033 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1034 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1035 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1036 } | |
1037 | |
1038 | |
1039 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1040 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1041 | |
1042 static void | |
1043 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1044 struct window *w; | |
1045 int desired_p; | |
1046 { | |
1047 while (w) | |
314 | 1048 { |
25012 | 1049 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1050 { | |
1051 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1052 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1053 } | |
1054 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1055 { |
25012 | 1056 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1057 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1058 } | |
1059 else | |
1060 { | |
1061 if (desired_p) | |
1062 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1063 else | |
314 | 1064 { |
25012 | 1065 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1066 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1067 } |
25012 | 1068 } |
1069 | |
1070 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1071 } | |
1072 } | |
1073 | |
1074 | |
1075 | |
1076 /*********************************************************************** | |
1077 Glyph Rows | |
1078 | |
1079 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1080 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1081 | |
1082 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1083 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1084 structure members. */ | |
1085 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1086 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1087 |
25012 | 1088 void |
1089 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1090 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1091 { | |
1092 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1093 | |
1094 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1095 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1096 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1097 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1098 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1099 | |
1100 /* Clear. */ | |
1101 *row = null_row; | |
1102 | |
1103 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1104 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1105 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1106 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1107 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1108 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1109 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1110 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1111 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1112 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1113 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1114 the code below If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1115 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1116 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1117 #endif |
25012 | 1118 } |
1119 | |
1120 | |
1121 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1122 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1123 | |
1124 void | |
1125 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1126 struct window *w; | |
1127 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1128 int y; | |
1129 { | |
1130 int min_y, max_y; | |
1131 | |
25546 | 1132 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 1133 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
1134 | |
1135 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1136 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1137 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1138 row->height = row->phys_height = CANON_Y_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
25012 | 1139 |
1140 if (row->y < min_y) | |
1141 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
1142 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
1143 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
1144 else | |
1145 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
1146 | |
1147 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1148 } | |
1149 | |
1150 | |
1151 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1152 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1153 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1154 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1155 ends. */ | |
1156 | |
1157 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1158 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1159 struct glyph_row *row; |
1160 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1161 { | |
1162 int area, i; | |
1163 | |
1164 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1165 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1166 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1167 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1168 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1169 | |
1170 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1171 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1172 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1173 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1174 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1175 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1176 | |
1177 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1178 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1179 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1180 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1181 } | |
1182 | |
1183 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1184 #if 0 |
25012 | 1185 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1186 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1187 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1188 | |
1189 static void | |
1190 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1191 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1192 { | |
1193 int area; | |
1194 | |
1195 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1196 { | |
1197 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1198 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1199 | |
1200 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1201 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1202 | |
1203 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1204 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1205 | |
1206 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1207 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1208 | |
1209 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1210 { | |
1211 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1212 initialization. */ | |
1213 struct glyph temp; | |
1214 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1215 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1216 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1217 ++glyph_a; | |
1218 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1219 } |
1220 } | |
1221 } | |
25012 | 1222 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1223 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1224 |
1225 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1226 | |
1227 static INLINE void | |
1228 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1229 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1230 { | |
1231 int i; | |
1232 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1233 { | |
1234 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1235 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1236 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1237 } | |
1238 } | |
1239 | |
1240 | |
1241 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1242 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1243 | |
1244 INLINE void | |
1245 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1246 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1247 { | |
1248 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1249 | |
1250 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1251 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1252 | |
1253 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1254 *to = *from; | |
1255 | |
1256 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1257 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1258 } | |
1259 | |
1260 | |
1261 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1262 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1263 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1264 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1265 | |
1266 void | |
1267 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1268 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1269 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1270 { | |
1271 int area; | |
1272 | |
1273 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1274 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1275 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1276 | |
1277 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1278 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1279 if (from->used[area]) | |
1280 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], | |
1281 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
1282 | |
1283 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1284 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1285 } |
1286 | |
1287 | |
1288 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1289 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1290 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1291 a memory leak. */ | |
1292 | |
1293 static INLINE void | |
1294 assign_row (to, from) | |
1295 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1296 { | |
1297 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1298 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1299 } | |
1300 | |
1301 | |
1302 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1303 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1304 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1305 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1306 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1307 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1308 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1309 |
25012 | 1310 static int |
1311 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1312 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1313 { | |
1314 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1315 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1316 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1317 | |
1318 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1319 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1320 } | |
1321 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1322 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1323 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1324 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1325 |
25012 | 1326 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1327 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1328 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1329 | |
1330 static struct glyph_row * | |
1331 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1332 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1333 int row; | |
1334 { | |
1335 int i; | |
1336 | |
1337 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1338 | |
1339 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1340 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1341 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1342 break; | |
1343 | |
1344 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1345 } | |
1346 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1347 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1348 |
1349 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1350 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1351 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1352 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1353 | |
1354 void | |
1355 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1356 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1357 { | |
1358 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1359 { | |
1360 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1361 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1362 } | |
1363 } | |
1364 | |
1365 | |
1366 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1367 | |
1368 int | |
1369 line_hash_code (row) | |
1370 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1371 { | |
1372 int hash = 0; | |
1373 | |
1374 if (row->enabled_p) | |
1375 { | |
1376 if (row->inverse_p) | |
1377 { | |
1378 /* Give all highlighted lines the same hash code | |
1379 so as to encourage scrolling to leave them in place. */ | |
1380 hash = -1; | |
1381 } | |
1382 else | |
1383 { | |
1384 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1385 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1386 | |
1387 while (glyph < end) | |
1388 { | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1389 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1390 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
25012 | 1391 if (must_write_spaces) |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1392 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1393 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1394 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
25012 | 1395 ++glyph; |
1396 } | |
1397 | |
1398 if (hash == 0) | |
1399 hash = 1; | |
1400 } | |
1401 } | |
1402 | |
1403 return hash; | |
1404 } | |
1405 | |
1406 | |
1407 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS In MATRIX. The cost equals | |
1408 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is | |
1409 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1410 | |
1411 static unsigned int | |
1412 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1413 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1414 int vpos; | |
1415 { | |
1416 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1417 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1418 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1419 int len; | |
1420 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1421 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1422 | |
1423 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
1424 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
1425 { | |
1426 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1427 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1428 --end; |
1429 | |
1430 /* All blank line. */ | |
1431 if (end == beg) | |
1432 return 0; | |
1433 | |
1434 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1435 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1436 ++beg; | |
1437 } | |
1438 | |
1439 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1440 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1441 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1442 len = end - beg; | |
1443 else | |
1444 { | |
1445 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1446 in LEN. */ | |
1447 len = 0; | |
1448 while (beg < end) | |
1449 { | |
1450 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
1451 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1452 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1453 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1454 len += 1; |
1455 else | |
1456 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
1457 | |
1458 ++beg; | |
1459 } | |
1460 } | |
1461 | |
1462 return len; | |
1463 } | |
1464 | |
1465 | |
1466 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1467 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1468 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1469 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1470 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1471 |
1472 static INLINE int | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1473 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1474 struct window *w; |
1475 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1476 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1477 { |
1478 if (a == b) | |
1479 return 1; | |
1480 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1481 return 0; | |
1482 else | |
1483 { | |
1484 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1485 int area; | |
1486 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1487 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1488 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1489 |
25012 | 1490 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1491 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1492 { | |
1493 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1494 return 0; | |
1495 | |
1496 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1497 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1498 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1499 | |
1500 while (a_glyph < a_end | |
1501 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1502 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
1503 | |
1504 if (a_glyph != a_end) | |
1505 return 0; | |
1506 } | |
1507 | |
1508 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
1509 || a->inverse_p != b->inverse_p | |
1510 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
1511 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
1512 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
1513 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
1514 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1515 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1516 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1517 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1518 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1519 || a->x != b->x | |
1520 /* Different height. */ | |
1521 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1522 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1523 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1524 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1525 return 0; | |
1526 } | |
1527 | |
1528 return 1; | |
1529 } | |
1530 | |
1531 | |
314 | 1532 |
25012 | 1533 /*********************************************************************** |
1534 Glyph Pool | |
1535 | |
1536 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1537 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1538 | |
1539 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1540 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1541 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1542 | |
1543 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1544 new_glyph_pool () | |
1545 { | |
1546 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1547 | |
1548 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1549 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1550 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
1551 | |
1552 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ | |
1553 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
1554 | |
1555 return result; | |
1556 } | |
1557 | |
1558 | |
1559 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1560 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1561 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1562 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1563 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1564 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1565 | |
1566 static void | |
1567 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1568 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1569 { | |
1570 if (pool) | |
1571 { | |
1572 /* More freed than allocated? */ | |
1573 --glyph_pool_count; | |
1574 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1575 | |
1576 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1577 xfree (pool); | |
1578 } | |
1579 } | |
1580 | |
1581 | |
1582 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1583 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1584 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1585 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1586 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1587 | |
1588 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1589 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1590 | |
1591 static int | |
1592 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1593 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1594 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1595 { | |
1596 int needed; | |
1597 int changed_p; | |
1598 | |
1599 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1600 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1601 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1602 | |
1603 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1604 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1605 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1606 { | |
1607 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1608 | |
1609 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1610 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1611 else | |
1612 { | |
1613 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1614 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1615 } | |
1616 | |
1617 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1618 } | |
1619 | |
1620 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use then | |
1621 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines | |
1622 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1623 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1624 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1625 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
1626 | |
1627 return changed_p; | |
1628 } | |
1629 | |
1630 | |
1631 | |
1632 /*********************************************************************** | |
1633 Debug Code | |
1634 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1635 | |
1636 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1637 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1638 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1639 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1640 the debugger. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1641 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1642 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1643 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1644 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1645 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1646 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1647 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1648 |
25012 | 1649 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1650 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1651 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1652 MATRIX. */ | |
1653 | |
1654 void | |
1655 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1656 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1657 { | |
1658 int i, j; | |
1659 | |
1660 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1661 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1662 xassert (i == j | |
1663 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1664 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1665 } | |
1666 | |
1667 | |
1668 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1669 | |
1670 struct glyph_row * | |
1671 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1672 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1673 int row; | |
1674 { | |
1675 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1676 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1677 | |
1678 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1679 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1680 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1681 #if 0 |
25012 | 1682 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1683 #endif | |
1684 | |
1685 return matrix->rows + row; | |
1686 } | |
1687 | |
1688 | |
1689 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1690 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1691 nevertheless. */ | |
1692 | |
1693 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1694 window W. */ | |
1695 | |
1696 static void | |
1697 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1698 struct window *w; |
1699 { | |
25012 | 1700 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1701 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1702 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1703 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1704 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1705 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1706 int c; | |
1707 | |
1708 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ | |
1709 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1710 return; | |
1711 | |
1712 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1713 | |
1714 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1715 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1716 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1717 { | |
1718 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1719 | |
1720 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1721 last_text_row = row; | |
1722 | |
1723 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1724 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1725 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1726 | |
1727 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1728 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1729 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1730 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1731 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1732 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1733 | |
1734 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1735 of next row. */ | |
1736 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1737 { | |
1738 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1739 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1740 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1741 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1742 } | |
1743 row = next; | |
1744 } | |
1745 | |
1746 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1747 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1748 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1749 } | |
1750 | |
1751 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1752 | |
1753 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1754 | |
1755 | |
1756 | |
1757 /********************************************************************** | |
1758 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1759 **********************************************************************/ | |
1760 | |
1761 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1762 redisplay | |
1763 | |
1764 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1765 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1766 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1767 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1768 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1769 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1770 performed. | |
1771 | |
1772 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1773 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1774 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1775 | |
1776 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1777 | |
1778 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1779 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1780 | |
1781 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1782 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
1783 DIM_ONLY_P). | |
1784 | |
1785 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1786 function. | |
1787 | |
1788 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1789 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1790 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1791 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1792 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1793 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1794 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1795 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1796 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1797 | |
1798 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1799 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1800 necessary. | |
1801 | |
1802 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1803 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1804 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1805 windows in the sequence. | |
1806 | |
1807 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1808 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1809 | | | | | | |
1810 | | | | | |
1811 +---------+ | | result height | |
1812 | +---------+ | |
1813 | | | | |
1814 +----------+ --- | |
1815 | |
1816 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1817 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1818 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1819 | |
1820 |<---- result width -->| | |
1821 +---------+ --- | |
1822 | | | | |
1823 | | | | |
1824 +---------+--+ | | |
1825 | | | | |
1826 | | result height | |
1827 | | | |
1828 +------------+---------+ | | |
1829 | | | | |
1830 | | | | |
1831 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1832 | |
1833 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1834 allocated. */ | |
1835 | |
1836 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1837 | |
1838 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1839 size. */ | |
1840 | |
1841 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1842 | |
1843 static struct dim | |
1844 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1845 dim_only_p, window_change_flags) | |
1846 Lisp_Object window; | |
1847 int x, y; | |
1848 struct dim ch_dim; | |
1849 int dim_only_p; | |
1850 int *window_change_flags; | |
1851 { | |
1852 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1853 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1854 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1855 struct dim total; | |
1856 struct dim dim; | |
1857 struct window *w; | |
1858 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1859 | |
1860 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1861 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1862 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1863 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1864 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1865 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1866 in_horz_combination_p | |
1867 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1868 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1869 | |
1870 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
1871 do | |
1872 { | |
1873 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1874 | |
1875 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
1876 on whether this a combination or a leaf window. */ | |
1877 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
1878 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1879 dim_only_p, | |
1880 window_change_flags); | |
1881 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
1882 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1883 dim_only_p, | |
1884 window_change_flags); | |
1885 else | |
1886 { | |
1887 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1888 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1889 { | |
1890 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1891 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1892 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1893 } | |
1894 | |
1895 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no | |
1896 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1897 dim.width = XINT (w->width); |
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1898 dim.height = XINT (w->height); |
25012 | 1899 |
1900 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1901 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1902 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1903 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1904 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1905 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1906 w->right_margin_width) | |
1907 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) | |
1908 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1909 w->left_margin_width) | |
1910 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) | |
1911 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1912 | |
1913 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1914 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1915 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1916 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1917 necessary. */ | |
1918 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1919 { | |
1920 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1921 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1922 } | |
1923 } | |
1924 | |
1925 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1926 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1927 below W. */ | |
1928 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1929 x += dim.width; | |
1930 else | |
1931 y += dim.height; | |
1932 | |
1933 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1934 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1935 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1936 | |
1937 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1938 window = w->next; | |
1939 } | |
1940 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1941 | |
1942 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1943 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1944 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1945 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1946 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1947 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1948 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1949 { | |
1950 total.width = x - x0; | |
1951 total.height = hmax; | |
1952 } | |
1953 else | |
1954 { | |
1955 total.width = wmax; | |
1956 total.height = y - y0; | |
1957 } | |
1958 | |
1959 return total; | |
1960 } | |
1961 | |
1962 | |
1963 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the | |
1964 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
1965 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
1966 | |
1967 static void | |
1968 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim) | |
1969 struct window *w; | |
1970 struct dim ch_dim; | |
1971 { | |
1972 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
1973 | |
1974 while (w) | |
314 | 1975 { |
25012 | 1976 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
1977 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild), ch_dim); | |
1978 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
1979 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild), ch_dim); | |
1980 else | |
314 | 1981 { |
25012 | 1982 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
1983 int window_pixel_width = XFLOATINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
1984 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); | |
1985 struct dim dim; | |
1986 | |
1987 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
1988 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 1989 { |
25012 | 1990 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
1991 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 1992 } |
25012 | 1993 |
1994 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ | |
1995 dim.width = (((window_pixel_width + ch_dim.width - 1) | |
1996 / ch_dim.width) | |
1997 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ | |
1998 + 2 | |
1999 /* One partially visible column at the right | |
2000 edge of each marginal area. */ | |
2001 + 1 + 1); | |
2002 | |
2003 /* Compute number of glyph rows needed. */ | |
2004 dim.height = (((window_pixel_height + ch_dim.height - 1) | |
2005 / ch_dim.height) | |
2006 /* One partially visible line at the top and | |
2007 bottom of the window. */ | |
2008 + 2 | |
2009 /* 2 for top and mode line. */ | |
2010 + 2); | |
2011 | |
2012 /* Change matrices. */ | |
2013 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2014 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2015 } | |
2016 | |
2017 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2018 } | |
2019 } | |
2020 | |
2021 | |
2022 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2023 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2024 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2025 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2026 | |
2027 void | |
2028 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2029 struct frame *f; | |
2030 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2031 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2032 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2033 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2034 |
25012 | 2035 if (f) |
2036 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2037 else | |
2038 { | |
2039 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
2040 | |
2041 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) | |
2042 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2043 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2044 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2045 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2046 } |
2047 | |
2048 | |
2049 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
2050 | |
2051 To be called from init_display. | |
2052 | |
2053 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. | |
2054 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2055 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2056 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2057 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2058 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2059 | |
2060 static void | |
2061 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2062 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2063 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2064 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2065 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2066 int frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2067 int frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2068 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2069 |
2070 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
2071 XSETFASTINT (root->top, top_margin); | |
2072 XSETFASTINT (root->width, frame_width); | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2073 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_height - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2074 |
2075 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
2076 XSETFASTINT (mini->top, frame_height - 1); | |
2077 XSETFASTINT (mini->width, frame_width); | |
2078 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); | |
2079 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2080 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2081 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2082 } | |
2083 | |
2084 | |
2085 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2086 | |
2087 static void | |
2088 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2089 struct frame *f; | |
2090 { | |
2091 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2092 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2093 else | |
2094 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
2095 | |
2096 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for | |
2097 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2098 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2099 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2100 | |
2101 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2102 } | |
2103 | |
2104 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2105 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2106 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2107 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2108 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2109 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2110 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2111 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2112 struct window *w; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2113 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2114 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2115 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2116 w = XWINDOW (window); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2117 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2118 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2119 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2120 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2121 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2122 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2123 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2124 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2125 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2126 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2127 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2128 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2129 xassert (m->matrix_h == XFASTINT (w->height)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2130 xassert (m->matrix_w == XFASTINT (w->width)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2132 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2133 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2134 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2135 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + XFASTINT (w->top); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2136 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2137 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2138 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2139 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2140 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2141 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2142 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2143 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2144 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2145 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2146 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2147 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2148 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2149 r->inverse_p = fr->inverse_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2150 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2151 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2152 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2153 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2154 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2155 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2156 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2157 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2158 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. '*/ |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2159 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2160 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2161 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2162 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2163 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2164 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2165 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2166 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2167 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2168 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2169 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2170 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2171 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2172 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2173 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2174 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2175 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2176 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2177 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2178 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2179 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2180 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2181 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2182 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2183 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2184 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2185 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2187 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2188 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2189 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2191 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2192 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2193 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2194 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2195 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2196 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2197 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2198 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2199 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2200 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2201 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2202 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2203 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2204 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2205 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2206 } |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2207 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2208 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2209 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2210 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2211 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2212 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
25012 | 2214 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2215 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2216 | |
2217 static void | |
2218 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2219 struct frame *f; | |
2220 { | |
2221 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2222 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2223 int pool_changed_p; | |
2224 int window_change_flags; | |
2225 int top_window_y; | |
2226 | |
2227 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2228 return; | |
2229 | |
2230 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
2231 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
2232 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2233 | |
2234 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2235 | |
2236 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2237 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2238 { | |
2239 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2240 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2241 } | |
2242 | |
2243 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2244 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2245 { | |
2246 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2247 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2248 } | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2249 |
25012 | 2250 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2251 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2252 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2253 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2254 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2255 matrix. */ | |
2256 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2257 matrix_dim | |
2258 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2259 0, top_window_y, | |
2260 ch_dim, 1, | |
2261 &window_change_flags); | |
2262 | |
2263 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2264 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2265 | |
2266 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2267 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2268 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2269 | |
2270 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if | |
2271 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ | |
2272 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2273 { | |
2274 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2275 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2276 0, top_window_y, ch_dim, 0, | |
2277 &window_change_flags); | |
2278 | |
2279 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2280 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2281 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
2282 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
2283 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
2284 | |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2285 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2286 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2287 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2288 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2289 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2290 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2291 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2292 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2293 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2294 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2295 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2296 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2297 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2298 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2299 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2300 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2301 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2302 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2303 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2304 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2305 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2306 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2307 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2308 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2309 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2310 } |
25012 | 2311 } |
2312 } | |
2313 | |
2314 | |
2315 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2316 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2317 | |
2318 static void | |
2319 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2320 struct frame *f; | |
2321 { | |
2322 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2323 struct window *w; | |
2324 | |
2325 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
2326 | |
2327 /* Get minimum sizes. */ | |
2328 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2329 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2330 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2331 #else | |
2332 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2333 #endif | |
2334 | |
2335 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ | |
2336 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), | |
2337 ch_dim); | |
2338 | |
2339 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2340 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
2341 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
2342 { | |
2343 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2344 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2345 { | |
2346 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2347 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2348 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2349 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2350 } | |
2351 else | |
2352 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2353 | |
2354 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2355 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
2356 XSETFASTINT (w->top, 0); | |
2357 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
2358 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2359 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); | |
2360 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
2361 } | |
2362 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2363 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2364 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2365 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2366 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2367 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2368 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2369 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2370 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2371 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2372 } | |
2373 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2374 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2375 |
2376 XSETFASTINT (w->top, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2377 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2378 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 2379 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
2380 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
2381 } | |
2382 | |
2383 | |
2384 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. | |
2385 | |
2386 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2387 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2388 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2389 | |
2390 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2391 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2392 | |
2393 static void | |
2394 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2395 struct frame *f; | |
2396 { | |
2397 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2398 | |
2399 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2400 { | |
2401 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2402 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2403 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2404 } | |
2405 else | |
2406 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2407 } | |
2408 | |
2409 | |
2410 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2411 | |
2412 static void | |
2413 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2414 struct frame *f; | |
2415 { | |
2416 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2417 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2418 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2419 } | |
2420 | |
2421 | |
2422 | |
2423 /********************************************************************** | |
2424 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2425 **********************************************************************/ | |
2426 | |
2427 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2428 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2429 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2430 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2431 | |
2432 void | |
2433 free_glyphs (f) | |
2434 struct frame *f; | |
2435 { | |
2436 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2437 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2438 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2439 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2440 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2441 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
2442 | |
2443 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ | |
2444 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2445 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2446 | |
2447 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2448 glyph matrices. */ | |
2449 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2450 { | |
2451 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2452 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2453 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2454 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2455 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2456 } | |
2457 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2458 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2459 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2460 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2461 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2462 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2463 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2464 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2465 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2466 } |
2467 | |
2468 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2469 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2470 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2471 { | |
2472 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2473 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2474 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2475 } | |
2476 | |
2477 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2478 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2479 { | |
2480 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2481 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2482 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2483 } |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2484 |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2485 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2486 } |
2487 } | |
2488 | |
25012 | 2489 |
2490 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2491 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2492 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2493 | |
2494 void | |
2495 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2496 struct window *w; | |
2497 { | |
2498 while (w) | |
2499 { | |
2500 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2501 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2502 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2503 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2504 else | |
2505 { | |
2506 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2507 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2508 W. */ | |
2509 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2510 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2511 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2512 } | |
2513 | |
2514 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2515 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2516 } | |
2517 } | |
2518 | |
2519 | |
2520 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2521 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2522 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2523 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2524 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2525 void |
25012 | 2526 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2527 { |
25012 | 2528 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2529 | |
2530 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2531 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2532 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2533 | |
2534 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2535 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2536 abort (); | |
2537 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2538 abort (); | |
2539 } | |
2540 | |
2541 | |
2542 | |
2543 /********************************************************************** | |
2544 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2545 **********************************************************************/ | |
2546 | |
2547 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2548 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2549 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2550 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2551 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2552 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2553 window matrices in this section. | |
2554 | |
2555 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2556 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2557 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2558 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2559 | |
2560 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2561 | desired | desired | | |
2562 | | | | |
2563 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2564 | current | | |
2565 | | | |
2566 +----------------------------------+ | |
2567 | |
2568 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2569 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2570 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2571 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2572 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2573 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2574 | |
2575 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2576 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2577 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2578 enabled. | |
2579 | |
2580 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to | |
2581 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2582 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2583 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2584 | |
2585 This problem is solved like this: | |
2586 | |
2587 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2588 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2589 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2590 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2591 automatically. | |
2592 | |
2593 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are | |
2594 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2595 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2596 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2597 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2598 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2599 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2600 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2601 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2602 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2603 | |
2604 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2605 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2606 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2607 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2608 | |
2609 static void | |
2610 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2611 struct frame *f; | |
2612 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2613 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2614 |
25012 | 2615 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2616 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
2617 | |
2618 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. | |
2619 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2620 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2621 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2622 | |
2623 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2624 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2625 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2626 } | |
2627 | |
2628 | |
2629 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2630 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2631 | |
2632 static void | |
2633 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2634 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2635 struct window *w; | |
2636 { | |
2637 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2638 { |
25012 | 2639 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2640 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2641 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2642 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2643 else | |
2644 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2645 | |
2646 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2647 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2648 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2649 |
25012 | 2650 |
2651 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2652 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2653 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2654 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2655 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2656 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2657 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2658 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2659 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2660 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2661 | |
2662 static void | |
2663 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2664 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2665 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2666 { |
25012 | 2667 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2668 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2669 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2670 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2671 | |
2672 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2673 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2674 { | |
2675 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2676 | |
2677 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2678 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2679 { | |
2680 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2681 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2682 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2683 : '|'); | |
2684 } | |
2685 } | |
2686 else | |
2687 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2688 | |
2689 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2690 frame matrix. */ | |
2691 window_y = 0; | |
2692 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2693 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2694 { |
25012 | 2695 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2696 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2697 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2698 |
2699 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2700 window row. */ | |
2701 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2702 | |
2703 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2704 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2705 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2706 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2707 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2708 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2709 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2710 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2711 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2712 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2713 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2714 } |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2715 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2716 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2717 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2718 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2719 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2720 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2721 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2722 } | |
2723 else | |
2724 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2725 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2726 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2727 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2728 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2729 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2730 |
25012 | 2731 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2732 windows. */ | |
2733 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2734 { | |
2735 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2736 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2737 } | |
2738 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2739 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2740 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2741 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2742 |
25012 | 2743 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2744 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2745 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2746 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2747 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2748 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2749 #endif |
25012 | 2750 } |
2751 | |
2752 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2753 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2754 can be done simply. */ | |
2755 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
2756 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; | |
2757 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2758 /* Or in other flags. */ |
25012 | 2759 frame_row->inverse_p |= window_row->inverse_p; |
2760 | |
2761 /* Next row. */ | |
2762 ++window_y; | |
2763 ++frame_y; | |
2764 } | |
2765 } | |
2766 | |
2767 | |
2768 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2769 | |
2770 Each row has the form: | |
2771 | |
2772 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2773 | left | text | right | | |
2774 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2775 | |
2776 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2777 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2778 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2779 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2780 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2781 | |
2782 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2783 | |
2784 static void | |
2785 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2786 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2787 { | |
2788 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2789 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2790 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2791 } | |
2792 | |
2793 | |
2794 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2795 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2796 | |
2797 static void | |
2798 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2799 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2800 int area; | |
2801 { | |
2802 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2803 { | |
2804 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2805 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2806 | |
2807 while (text < end) | |
2808 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2809 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2810 } | |
2811 } | |
2812 | |
2813 | |
2814 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2815 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2816 | |
2817 static void | |
2818 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2819 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2820 int upto; | |
2821 { | |
2822 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2823 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2824 | |
2825 while (i < upto) | |
2826 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2827 | |
2828 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2829 } | |
2830 | |
2831 | |
2832 | |
2833 /********************************************************************** | |
2834 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2835 **********************************************************************/ | |
2836 | |
2837 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2838 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2839 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2840 | |
2841 static INLINE void | |
2842 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2843 struct frame *f; | |
2844 { | |
2845 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2846 } | |
2847 | |
2848 | |
2849 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2850 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2851 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2852 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2853 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2854 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2855 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2856 | |
2857 static INLINE void | |
2858 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2859 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2860 int row; | |
2861 { | |
2862 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2863 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2864 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2865 |
2866 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2867 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2868 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2869 | |
2870 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2871 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2872 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2873 |
2874 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2875 for window matrices. */ | |
2876 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2877 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2878 } | |
2879 | |
2880 | |
2881 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2882 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2883 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2884 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2885 | |
2886 static void | |
2887 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2888 struct window *w; | |
2889 int frame_row; | |
2890 { | |
2891 while (w) | |
2892 { | |
2893 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2894 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2895 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2896 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2897 else | |
2898 { | |
2899 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2900 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2901 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2902 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2903 | |
2904 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2905 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2906 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2907 { |
25012 | 2908 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2909 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2910 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2911 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2912 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2913 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2914 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2915 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2916 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2917 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2918 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2919 } |
25012 | 2920 |
2921 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2922 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2923 } |
25012 | 2924 |
2925 | |
2926 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2927 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2928 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2929 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2930 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2931 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2932 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2933 | |
2934 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
2935 | |
2936 void | |
2937 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2938 retained_p) | |
2939 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2940 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2941 int *copy_from; | |
2942 char *retained_p; | |
2943 { | |
2944 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2945 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2946 | |
2947 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2948 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
2949 | |
2950 int i; | |
2951 | |
2952 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2953 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2954 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2955 | |
2956 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2957 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2958 { | |
2959 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2960 | |
2961 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2962 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2963 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2964 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2965 | |
2966 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2967 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2968 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2969 } | |
2970 | |
2971 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX Is a frame matrix. */ | |
2972 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2973 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2974 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2975 } | |
2976 | |
2977 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2978 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2979 the current frame matrix. W must be full-width, and be on a tty |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2980 frame. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2981 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2982 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2983 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2984 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2985 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2986 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2987 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2988 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2989 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2990 must have a frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2991 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2992 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2993 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2994 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2995 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2996 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2997 corresponding frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2998 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2999 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3000 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3001 while (window_row < window_row_end) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3002 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3003 int area; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3004 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3005 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3006 window_row->glyphs[area] = frame_row->glyphs[area]; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3007 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3008 ++window_row, ++frame_row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3009 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3010 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3011 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3012 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3013 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3014 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3015 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3017 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3018 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3019 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3020 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3021 struct window *found = NULL; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3022 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3023 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3024 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3025 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3026 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3027 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3028 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3029 else if (row >= XFASTINT (w->top) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3030 && row < XFASTINT (w->top) + XFASTINT (w->height)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3031 found = w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3032 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3033 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3034 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3035 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3036 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3037 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3038 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3039 |
25012 | 3040 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3041 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3042 | |
3043 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3044 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3045 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3046 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3047 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3048 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3049 which is empty. */ | |
3050 | |
3051 static void | |
3052 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3053 struct window *w; | |
3054 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3055 int *copy_from; | |
3056 char *retained_p; | |
3057 { | |
3058 while (w) | |
3059 { | |
3060 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3061 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3062 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3063 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3064 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3065 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3066 else | |
3067 { | |
3068 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3069 matrix m. */ | |
3070 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3071 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3072 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3073 | |
3074 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3075 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3076 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3077 | |
3078 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3079 { | |
3080 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3081 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
3082 | |
3083 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ | |
3084 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
3085 | |
3086 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ | |
3087 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
3088 | |
3089 /* Window relative line assigned. */ | |
3090 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
3091 | |
3092 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ | |
3093 int from_inside_window_p | |
3094 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
3095 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3096 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3097 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3098 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3099 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3100 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3101 { |
3102 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3103 int enabled_before_p; | |
3104 | |
3105 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved | |
3106 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3107 that. */ | |
3108 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3109 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3110 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
3111 | |
3112 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ | |
3113 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3114 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3115 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3116 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3117 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3118 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3119 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3120 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3121 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3122 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3123 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3124 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3125 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3126 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3127 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3128 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3129 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3130 m2->rows + m2_from); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3131 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3132 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3133 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3134 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3135 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3136 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3137 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3138 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3139 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3140 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3141 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3142 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3143 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3144 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
25012 | 3145 |
3146 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ | |
3147 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3148 } | |
3149 | |
3150 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3151 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3152 } | |
3153 } | |
3154 | |
3155 | |
3156 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3157 | |
3158 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3159 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3160 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3161 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3162 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3163 |
21514 | 3164 void |
25012 | 3165 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3166 struct window *w; |
3167 { | |
25012 | 3168 while (w) |
3169 { | |
3170 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3171 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3172 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3173 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3174 else | |
3175 { | |
3176 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3177 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3178 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3179 } | |
3180 | |
3181 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3182 } | |
3183 } | |
3184 | |
3185 | |
3186 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3187 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3188 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3189 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3190 | |
3191 static void | |
3192 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3193 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3194 { | |
3195 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3196 int i = 0; | |
3197 | |
3198 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3199 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3200 | |
3201 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a | |
3202 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't | |
3203 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3204 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3205 { | |
3206 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3207 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3208 abort (); | |
3209 ++i, ++j; | |
3210 } | |
3211 } | |
3212 | |
3213 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3214 | |
3215 | |
3216 | |
3217 /********************************************************************** | |
3218 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3219 **********************************************************************/ | |
3220 | |
3221 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3222 | |
3223 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3224 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3225 | |
3226 static int | |
3227 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3228 struct window *w; | |
3229 int vpos; | |
3230 { | |
3231 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3232 | |
3233 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3234 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
3235 vpos += XFASTINT (w->top); | |
3236 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
3237 return vpos; | |
3238 } | |
3239 | |
3240 | |
3241 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
3242 a vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3243 | |
3244 static int | |
3245 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3246 struct window *w; | |
3247 int hpos; | |
3248 { | |
3249 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3250 | |
3251 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3252 hpos += XFASTINT (w->left); | |
3253 return hpos; | |
314 | 3254 } |
25012 | 3255 |
3256 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ | |
3257 | |
3258 | |
314 | 3259 |
25012 | 3260 /********************************************************************** |
3261 Redrawing Frames | |
3262 **********************************************************************/ | |
3263 | |
3264 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
3265 "Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it.") | |
3266 (frame) | |
3267 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3268 { | |
3269 struct frame *f; | |
3270 | |
3271 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame, 0); | |
3272 f = XFRAME (frame); | |
3273 | |
3274 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3275 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3276 called so early here). */ | |
3277 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3278 return Qnil; | |
3279 | |
3280 update_begin (f); | |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3281 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
25012 | 3282 set_terminal_modes (); |
3283 clear_frame (); | |
3284 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3285 update_end (f); | |
3286 fflush (stdout); | |
3287 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
3288 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3289 its redisplay done. */ | |
3290 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3291 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3292 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3293 return Qnil; | |
3294 } | |
3295 | |
3296 | |
3297 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3298 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3299 | |
3300 void | |
3301 redraw_frame (f) | |
3302 struct frame *f; | |
3303 { | |
3304 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3305 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3306 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3307 } | |
3308 | |
3309 | |
3310 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
3311 "Clear and redisplay all visible frames.") | |
3312 () | |
3313 { | |
3314 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3315 | |
3316 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3317 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3318 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3319 | |
3320 return Qnil; | |
3321 } | |
3322 | |
3323 | |
3324 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3325 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3326 | |
3327 void | |
3328 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3329 { | |
3330 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3331 | |
3332 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3333 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3334 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3335 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3336 } | |
3337 | |
3338 | |
3339 | |
3340 /*********************************************************************** | |
3341 Direct Operations | |
3342 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3343 | |
3344 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3345 | |
3346 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3347 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3348 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3349 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3350 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3351 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3352 | |
3353 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3354 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3355 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3356 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3357 |
3358 int | |
3359 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3360 int g; | |
3361 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3362 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3363 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3364 struct it it, it2; | |
3365 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3366 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3367 int n; | |
3368 /* Non-null means that Redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ | |
3369 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); | |
3370 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3371 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3372 int added_width; | |
3373 struct text_pos pos; | |
3374 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3375 | |
3376 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3377 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3378 | |
3379 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3380 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3381 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3382 || fonts_changed_p | |
3383 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3384 || face_change_count | |
3385 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3386 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3387 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3388 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3389 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3390 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3391 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3392 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3393 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3394 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3395 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3396 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
3397 || (overwrite_p | |
3398 && PT != ZV | |
3399 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') | |
3400 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3401 || g == '\t' | |
3402 || g == '\n' | |
3403 || g == '\r' | |
3404 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3405 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3406 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3407 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3408 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3409 (glyph_row->continued_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3410 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3411 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3412 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3413 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3414 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3415 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3416 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3417 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3418 return 0; | |
3419 | |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3420 /* If we can't insert glyphs, we can use this method only |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3421 at the end of a line. */ |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3422 if (!char_ins_del_ok) |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3423 if (PT != ZV && FETCH_BYTE (PT_BYTE) != '\n') |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3424 return 0; |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3425 |
25012 | 3426 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be |
3427 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3428 position. */ | |
3429 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3430 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3431 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3432 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3433 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3434 | |
3435 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3436 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3437 return 0; |
25012 | 3438 |
3439 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing | |
3440 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3441 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3442 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3443 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3444 { | |
3445 struct glyph *last; | |
3446 | |
3447 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3448 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3449 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3450 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3451 return 0; |
3452 } | |
3453 | |
3454 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3455 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3456 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3457 return 0; | |
3458 | |
3459 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
3460 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3461 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3462 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3463 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3464 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
3465 | |
3466 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3467 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
3468 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a | |
3469 combination of both. */ | |
3470 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3471 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3472 { | |
3473 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3474 | |
3475 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3476 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3477 return 0; | |
3478 | |
3479 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3480 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3481 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3482 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3483 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3484 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3485 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3486 return 0; | |
3487 | |
3488 delta += 1; | |
3489 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3490 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3491 } |
3492 | |
3493 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3494 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3495 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3496 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3497 return 0; |
3498 | |
25012 | 3499 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3500 it2 = it; | |
3501 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3502 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3503 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3504 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3505 { | |
3506 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3507 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3508 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3509 } |
3510 | |
3511 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3512 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3513 | |
3514 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3515 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3516 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3517 | |
3518 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3519 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3520 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3521 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3522 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3523 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3524 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
3525 | |
3526 /* Compute new line width. */ | |
3527 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3528 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3529 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3530 while (glyph < end) | |
3531 { | |
3532 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3533 ++glyph; | |
3534 } | |
3535 | |
3536 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly | |
3537 inserted ones. */ | |
3538 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3539 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3540 glyph->charpos += delta; |
3541 | |
3542 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) | |
3543 { | |
3544 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3545 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3546 } | |
3547 | |
3548 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3549 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3550 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3551 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3552 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3553 |
3554 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3555 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3556 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3557 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3558 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3559 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3560 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3561 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3562 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3563 | |
3564 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3565 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3566 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3567 and updated_row. */ | |
3568 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
3569 update_begin (f); | |
3570 if (rif) | |
3571 { | |
3572 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3573 | |
3574 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3575 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3576 else | |
3577 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3578 } | |
3579 else | |
3580 { | |
3581 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3582 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3583 else | |
3584 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3585 } | |
3586 | |
3587 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3588 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3589 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3590 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3591 | |
3592 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3593 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3594 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3595 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3596 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3597 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3598 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3599 else | |
3600 { | |
3601 int x, y; | |
3602 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3603 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3604 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3605 : 0)); | |
3606 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3607 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3608 } | |
3609 | |
3610 if (rif) | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3611 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3612 update_end (f); |
3613 updated_row = NULL; | |
3614 fflush (stdout); | |
3615 | |
3616 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
3617 | |
25372
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3618 UNCHANGED_MODIFIED = MODIFF; |
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3619 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3620 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3621 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
3622 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, MODIFF); |
16195
e15e4bdcb8cc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set last_overlay_modified field in window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16051
diff
changeset
|
3623 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, OVERLAY_MODIFF); |
314 | 3624 |
25012 | 3625 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3626 return 1; |
3627 } | |
3628 | |
25012 | 3629 |
3630 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3631 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3632 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3633 | |
314 | 3634 int |
3635 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3636 int n; | |
3637 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3638 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3639 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3640 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3641 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3642 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3643 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3644 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3645 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3646 |
25012 | 3647 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3648 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3649 return 0; |
25012 | 3650 |
3651 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are | |
3652 displaying a message. */ | |
3653 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3654 return 0; | |
3655 | |
3656 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3657 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3658 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3659 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3660 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3661 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3662 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3663 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3664 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3665 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3666 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3667 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3668 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3669 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3670 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3671 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3672 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3673 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3674 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3675 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3676 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3677 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3678 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3679 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3680 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3681 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3682 |
25012 | 3683 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3684 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3685 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
25012 | 3686 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) |
3687 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row)) | |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3688 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3689 |
25012 | 3690 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3691 |
25012 | 3692 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3693 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3694 |
3695 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3696 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3697 | |
3698 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3699 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3700 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3701 else | |
3702 { | |
3703 int x, y; | |
3704 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3705 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3706 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3707 : 0)); | |
3708 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3709 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3710 } | |
3711 | |
314 | 3712 fflush (stdout); |
25012 | 3713 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3714 return 1; |
3715 } | |
25012 | 3716 |
3717 | |
314 | 3718 |
25012 | 3719 /*********************************************************************** |
3720 Frame Update | |
3721 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3722 | |
3723 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3724 | |
3725 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3726 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3727 scrolling. | |
3728 | |
3729 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
314 | 3730 |
3731 int | |
25012 | 3732 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3733 struct frame *f; | |
3734 int force_p; | |
3735 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3736 { | |
3737 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3738 int paused_p; | |
3739 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3740 | |
3741 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3742 { | |
3743 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3744 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3745 | |
3746 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3747 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3748 | |
3749 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3750 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3751 update_begin (f); | |
3752 | |
3753 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3754 support. */ | |
3755 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3756 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3757 | |
3758 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3759 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3760 { |
3761 Lisp_Object tem; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3762 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3763 |
3764 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3765 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3766 { | |
3767 update_window (w, 1); | |
3768 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3769 | |
3770 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3771 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3772 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3773 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3774 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3775 } |
3776 } | |
3777 | |
3778 | |
3779 /* Update windows. */ | |
3780 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3781 update_end (f); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3782 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3783 #if 0 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3784 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway. */ |
25012 | 3785 rif->flush_display (f); |
3786 #endif | |
3787 } | |
3788 else | |
3789 { | |
3790 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3791 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3792 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3793 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3794 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3795 build_frame_matrix (f); |
3796 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3797 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3798 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3799 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3800 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3801 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3802 if (termscript) |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3803 fflush (termscript); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3804 fflush (stdout); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3805 |
25012 | 3806 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3807 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3808 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3809 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3810 #endif |
25012 | 3811 } |
3812 | |
3813 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3814 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3815 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3816 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3817 return paused_p; |
3818 } | |
3819 | |
3820 | |
3821 | |
3822 /************************************************************************ | |
3823 Window-based updates | |
3824 ************************************************************************/ | |
3825 | |
3826 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3827 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3828 | |
3829 static int | |
3830 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3831 struct window *w; | |
3832 int force_p; | |
3833 { | |
3834 int paused_p = 0; | |
3835 | |
3836 while (w && !paused_p) | |
3837 { | |
3838 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3839 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3840 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3841 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3842 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3843 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3844 | |
3845 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3846 } | |
3847 | |
3848 return paused_p; | |
3849 } | |
3850 | |
3851 | |
3852 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3853 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3854 | |
3855 void | |
3856 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3857 struct window *w; | |
3858 int force_p; | |
3859 { | |
3860 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3861 { | |
3862 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3863 | |
3864 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3865 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3866 | |
3867 /* Update W. */ | |
3868 update_begin (f); | |
3869 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3870 update_end (f); | |
3871 | |
3872 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3873 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3874 } | |
3875 } | |
3876 | |
3877 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3878 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3879 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3880 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3881 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3882 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3883 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3884 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3885 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3886 int i; |
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3887 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3888 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3889 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3890 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3891 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3892 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3893 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3894 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3895 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3896 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3897 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3898 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3899 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3900 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3901 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3902 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3903 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3904 enum glyph_row_area area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3905 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3906 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3907 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3908 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3909 updated_area = area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3910 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3911 if (row->used[area]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3912 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3913 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3914 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3915 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3916 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3917 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3918 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3919 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3920 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3921 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3922 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3923 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3924 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3925 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3926 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3927 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3928 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3929 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3930 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3931 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3932 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3933 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3934 struct glyph_row *row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3935 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3936 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3937 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3938 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3939 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3940 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3941 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3942 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3943 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3944 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3945 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3946 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3947 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3948 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3949 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3950 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3951 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3953 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3954 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3955 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3957 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3958 /* Record in neighbor rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3959 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3960 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3961 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3962 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3963 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3964 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3965 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3966 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3967 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3968 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3969 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3970 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3971 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3972 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3973 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3974 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3975 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3976 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3977 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3978 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3979 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3980 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3981 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3982 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3983 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3984 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3985 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3986 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3987 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3988 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3989 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3990 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3991 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3992 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3993 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3994 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3995 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3996 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3997 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3998 |
25012 | 3999 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
4000 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
4001 | |
4002 static int | |
4003 update_window (w, force_p) | |
4004 struct window *w; | |
4005 int force_p; | |
4006 { | |
4007 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4008 int paused_p; | |
4009 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
4010 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4011 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4012 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4013 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
25012 | 4014 extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4015 #endif |
25012 | 4016 |
4017 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
4018 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4019 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
4020 | |
4021 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
4022 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
4023 force_p = 1; | |
4024 else | |
4025 detect_input_pending (); | |
4026 | |
4027 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
4028 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4029 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 4030 { |
4031 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
4032 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
25546 | 4033 struct glyph_row *header_line_row = NULL; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4034 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 4035 |
4036 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
4037 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4038 | |
4039 /* If window has a top line, update it before everything else. | |
4040 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the top line height. */ | |
4041 row = desired_matrix->rows; | |
4042 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
4043 if (row->mode_line_p) | |
25546 | 4044 header_line_row = row++; |
25012 | 4045 |
4046 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
4047 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
4048 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
4049 { | |
4050 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
4051 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4052 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4053 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4054 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4055 } |
4056 | |
4057 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
4058 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
4059 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
4060 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
4061 ++row; | |
4062 | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4063 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 4064 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
4065 { | |
25546 | 4066 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
25012 | 4067 if (rc < 0) |
4068 { | |
4069 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ | |
4070 paused_p = 0; | |
4071 goto set_cursor; | |
4072 } | |
4073 else if (rc > 0) | |
4074 force_p = 1; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4075 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4076 } |
4077 | |
4078 /* Update the top mode line after scrolling because a new top | |
4079 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window | |
4080 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 4081 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4082 { |
25546 | 4083 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4084 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4085 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4086 } |
4087 | |
4088 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4089 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
4090 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4091 { |
4092 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
4093 int i; | |
4094 | |
4095 /* We'll Have to play a little bit with when to | |
4096 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, | |
4097 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
4098 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4099 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 4100 detect_input_pending (); |
4101 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4102 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4103 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4104 |
4105 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
4106 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
4107 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
4108 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
4109 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
4110 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
4111 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
4112 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
4113 in the first redisplay. */ | |
4114 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
4115 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
4116 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4117 } | |
4118 | |
4119 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
4120 paused_p = row < end; | |
4121 | |
4122 set_cursor: | |
4123 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4124 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping(overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 4125 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
4126 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4127 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4128 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4129 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4130 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4131 } |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4132 |
25012 | 4133 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
4134 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
4135 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4136 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4137 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 4138 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
4139 #endif | |
4140 } | |
4141 | |
4142 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
4143 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
4144 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
4145 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4146 |
25012 | 4147 /* End of update of window W. */ |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4148 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4149 } |
4150 else | |
4151 paused_p = 1; | |
4152 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4153 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4154 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4155 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4156 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4157 |
25012 | 4158 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4159 |
25012 | 4160 return paused_p; |
4161 } | |
4162 | |
4163 | |
4164 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4165 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4166 | |
4167 static void | |
4168 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4169 struct window *w; | |
4170 int area, vpos; | |
4171 { | |
4172 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
4173 | |
4174 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4175 will be relative to. */ | |
4176 updated_area = area; | |
4177 | |
4178 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4179 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4180 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4181 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4182 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4183 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4184 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4185 } | |
4186 | |
4187 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4188 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4189 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4190 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4191 static int |
25012 | 4192 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4193 struct window *w; | |
4194 int vpos; | |
314 | 4195 { |
25012 | 4196 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4197 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4198 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4199 |
4200 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4201 will be relative to. */ | |
4202 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
4203 | |
4204 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, | |
4205 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4206 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4207 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4208 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4209 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4210 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4211 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4212 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4213 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4214 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4215 { | |
4216 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
4217 | |
4218 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4219 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4220 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4221 | |
4222 /* Clear to end of window. */ | |
4223 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4224 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4225 } |
4226 else | |
4227 { | |
4228 int stop, i, x; | |
4229 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4230 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4231 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4232 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4233 |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4234 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be necessary. Let's check it. */ |
25012 | 4235 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, |
4236 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4237 extension actually takes place. */ | |
35269 | 4238 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4239 --desired_stop_pos; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4240 #endif |
25012 | 4241 |
4242 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); | |
4243 i = 0; | |
4244 x = desired_row->x; | |
4245 | |
4246 while (i < stop) | |
4247 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4248 int can_skip_p = 1; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4249 |
25012 | 4250 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4251 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4252 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4253 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4254 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4255 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4256 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4257 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4258 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4259 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4260 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4261 int left, right; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4262 |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4263 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4264 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4265 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4266 } |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4267 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4268 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4269 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4270 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4271 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4272 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4273 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4274 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4275 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4276 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4277 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4278 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4279 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4280 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4281 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4282 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4283 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4284 taken care of by x_draw_glyphs. */ |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4285 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4286 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4287 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4288 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4289 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4290 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4291 int left, right; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4292 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4293 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4294 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4295 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4296 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4297 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4298 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4299 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4300 } |
25012 | 4301 } |
4302 } | |
4303 | |
4304 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row | |
4305 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4306 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4307 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4308 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4309 { | |
4310 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4311 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4312 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4313 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4314 |
25012 | 4315 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4316 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4317 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4318 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4319 && x == current_x) |
4320 { | |
4321 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4322 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4323 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4324 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4325 } |
4326 | |
4327 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4328 { | |
4329 i = start_hpos; | |
4330 x = start_x; | |
4331 desired_glyph = start; | |
4332 break; | |
4333 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4334 |
25012 | 4335 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4336 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4337 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4338 } |
4339 } | |
4340 | |
4341 /* Write the rest. */ | |
4342 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4343 { | |
4344 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4345 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4346 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4347 } |
4348 | |
4349 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ | |
4350 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4351 { | |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4352 #if 0 |
25012 | 4353 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing |
4354 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4355 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4356 appropriately above. */ | |
4357 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4358 #endif |
25012 | 4359 } |
4360 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4361 { | |
4362 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4363 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4364 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4365 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4366 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4367 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4368 } |
4369 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4370 { | |
4371 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4372 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4373 int x; | |
4374 | |
4375 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4376 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4377 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4378 | |
4379 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4380 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4381 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4382 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4383 this way. */ | |
4384 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4385 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4386 { | |
4387 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4388 x = -1; | |
4389 } | |
4390 else | |
4391 x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
4392 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4393 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4394 } |
4395 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4396 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4397 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4398 } |
4399 | |
4400 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4401 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4402 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4403 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4404 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4405 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4406 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4407 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4408 { |
4409 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4410 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4411 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4412 |
4413 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4414 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4415 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4416 | |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4417 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4418 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4419 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4420 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4421 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4422 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4423 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4424 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4425 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4426 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4427 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4428 && !NILP (w->left_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4429 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4430 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4431 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4432 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4433 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4434 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4435 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4436 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4437 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4438 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4439 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4440 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4441 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4442 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4443 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4444 && !NILP (w->right_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4445 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4446 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4447 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4448 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4449 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4450 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4451 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4452 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4453 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4454 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4455 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4456 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4457 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4458 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4459 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4460 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4461 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4462 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4463 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4464 } |
25012 | 4465 |
4466 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ | |
4467 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4468 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4469 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4470 } |
4471 | |
4472 | |
4473 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4474 be called from update_window. */ | |
4475 | |
4476 static void | |
4477 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4478 struct window *w; | |
4479 { | |
4480 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
4481 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4482 | |
4483 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4484 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4485 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4486 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4487 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4488 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4489 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4490 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4491 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4492 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4493 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4494 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4495 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4496 { | |
4497 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4498 | |
4499 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4500 { | |
4501 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4502 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4503 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4504 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4505 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4506 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4507 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4508 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4509 last_row = NULL; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4510 for (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0); |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4511 row->enabled_p; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4512 ++row) |
25012 | 4513 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4514 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4515 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4516 last_row = row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4517 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4518 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4519 break; |
25012 | 4520 } |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4521 |
25012 | 4522 if (last_row) |
4523 { | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4524 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4525 struct glyph *last = start + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4526 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4527 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4528 --last; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4529 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4530 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4531 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4532 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4533 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4534 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4535 |
25012 | 4536 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4537 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4538 } |
4539 } | |
4540 } | |
4541 else | |
4542 { | |
4543 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4544 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4545 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4546 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4547 } | |
4548 | |
4549 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4550 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4551 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4552 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4553 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4554 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4555 } | |
4556 | |
4557 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4558 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4559 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4560 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4561 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4562 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4563 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4564 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4565 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4566 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4567 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4568 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4569 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4570 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4571 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4572 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4573 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4574 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4575 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4576 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4577 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4578 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4579 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4580 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4581 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4582 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4583 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4584 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4585 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4586 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4587 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4588 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4589 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4590 int old_uses, new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4591 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4592 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4593 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4594 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4595 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4596 int bucket; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4597 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4598 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4599 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4600 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4601 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4602 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4603 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4604 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4605 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4606 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4607 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4608 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4609 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4610 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4611 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4612 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4613 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4614 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4615 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4616 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4617 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4618 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4619 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4620 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4621 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4622 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4623 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4624 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4625 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4626 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4627 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4628 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4629 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4631 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4635 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4637 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 static struct row_entry *add_row_entry P_ ((struct window *, |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 struct glyph_row *)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4640 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4644 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4645 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4646 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4647 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4649 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4651 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4652 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4654 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4655 entry = entry->next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4658 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4660 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4663 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4664 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4666 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 |
25012 | 4672 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
25546 | 4673 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a top mode line. |
25012 | 4674 |
4675 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4676 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4677 O(N) time. | |
4678 | |
4679 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4680 | |
4681 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4682 | |
4683 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4684 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4685 | |
4686 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4687 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4688 | |
4689 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4690 forward and backward. | |
4691 | |
4692 Value is | |
4693 | |
4694 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4695 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4696 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4697 | |
4698 static int | |
25546 | 4699 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4700 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4701 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4702 { |
4703 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4704 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4705 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4706 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4707 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4708 struct row_entry *entry; |
25012 | 4709 |
4710 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4711 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4712 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4713 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4714 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4715 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4716 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4717 && d->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4718 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4719 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4720 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4721 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4722 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4723 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4724 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4725 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4726 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4727 break; |
25012 | 4728 } |
4729 | |
4730 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4731 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4732 return -1; | |
4733 | |
4734 first_old = first_new = i; | |
4735 | |
4736 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4737 desired matrix. */ | |
4738 i = first_new + 1; | |
4739 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4740 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4741 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4742 ++i; |
4743 | |
4744 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4745 return 0; | |
4746 | |
4747 last_new = i; | |
4748 | |
4749 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4750 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4751 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4752 disabled. */ | |
4753 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4754 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4755 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4756 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4757 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4758 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4759 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4760 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4761 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4762 |
25012 | 4763 last_old = i; |
4764 | |
4765 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4766 i = last_new; | |
4767 j = last_old; | |
4768 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4769 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4770 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4771 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4772 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
4773 && row_equal_p (w, | |
4774 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4775 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4776 --i, --j; |
4777 last_new = i; | |
4778 last_old = j; | |
4779 | |
4780 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4781 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4782 return 0; | |
4783 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4784 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4785 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4786 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4787 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4788 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4789 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4790 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4791 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4792 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4793 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4794 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4795 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4796 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4797 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4798 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4799 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4800 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4801 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4802 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4803 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4804 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4805 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4806 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4807 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4808 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4809 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4810 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4811 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4812 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4813 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4814 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4815 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4816 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4817 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4818 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4819 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4820 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4821 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4822 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4823 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4824 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4825 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4826 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4827 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4828 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4829 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4830 |
25012 | 4831 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4832 { | |
4833 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4834 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4835 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4836 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4837 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4838 } |
4839 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4840 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4841 } |
4842 | |
4843 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4844 { | |
4845 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4846 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4847 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4848 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4849 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4850 } |
4851 | |
4852 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4853 in both matrices. */ | |
4854 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4855 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4856 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4857 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4858 { |
4859 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4860 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4862 |
4863 /* Record move. */ | |
4864 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4865 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4866 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4867 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4868 run->nrows = 1; | |
4869 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4870 | |
4871 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4872 j = i - 1; | |
4873 k = new_line - 1; | |
4874 while (j > first_old | |
4875 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4876 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4877 { |
4878 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4879 --run->current_vpos; | |
4880 --run->desired_vpos; | |
4881 ++run->nrows; | |
4882 run->height += h; | |
4883 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4884 run->current_y -= h; | |
4885 --j, --k; | |
4886 } | |
4887 | |
4888 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4889 j = i + 1; | |
4890 k = new_line + 1; | |
4891 while (j < last_old | |
4892 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4893 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4894 { |
4895 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4896 ++run->nrows; | |
4897 run->height += h; | |
4898 ++j, ++k; | |
4899 } | |
4900 | |
4901 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4902 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4903 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4904 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4905 case. */ | |
4906 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4907 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4908 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4909 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4910 runs[j] = run; | |
4911 ++nruns; | |
4912 | |
4913 i += run->nrows; | |
4914 } | |
4915 else | |
4916 ++i; | |
4917 | |
4918 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4919 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4920 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4921 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4922 | |
4923 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4924 | A | | B | | |
4925 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4926 | B | | A | | |
4927 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4928 | |
4929 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4930 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4931 | |
4932 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4933 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4934 { | |
4935 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4936 | |
4937 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4938 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4939 { | |
4940 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4941 | |
4942 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4943 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4944 { | |
4945 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
4946 | |
4947 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y | |
4948 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4949 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4950 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4951 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4952 p->nrows = 0; | |
4953 } | |
4954 } | |
4955 | |
4956 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
4957 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4958 { | |
4959 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4960 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4961 |
25012 | 4962 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4963 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4964 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4965 assign_row (to, from); |
4966 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4967 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4968 } |
4969 } | |
4970 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4971 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4972 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4973 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4974 |
25012 | 4975 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
4976 return 1; | |
4977 } | |
4978 | |
4979 | |
4980 | |
4981 /************************************************************************ | |
4982 Frame-Based Updates | |
4983 ************************************************************************/ | |
4984 | |
4985 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
4986 | |
4987 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
4988 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
4989 should not be tried. | |
4990 | |
4991 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
4992 | |
4993 static int | |
4994 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
4995 struct frame *f; | |
4996 int force_p; | |
4997 int inhibit_id_p; | |
4998 { | |
4999 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
5000 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
5001 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
5002 int i; | |
314 | 5003 int pause; |
5004 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 5005 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 5006 |
5007 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 5008 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5009 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5010 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5011 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5012 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5013 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5014 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5015 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5016 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5017 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 5018 { |
5019 pause = 1; | |
5020 goto do_pause; | |
5021 } | |
5022 | |
25012 | 5023 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
314 | 5024 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
25012 | 5025 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
5026 |
493 | 5027 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 5028 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
5029 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
5030 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 5031 break; |
5032 | |
5033 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 5034 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
5035 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 5036 |
5037 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 5038 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
5039 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
5040 | |
5041 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
5042 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 5043 { |
25012 | 5044 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5045 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5046 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 5047 { |
5048 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
5049 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
5050 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
5051 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
5052 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
5053 if (outq > 900 | |
5054 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
5055 { | |
5056 fflush (stdout); | |
5057 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
5058 { | |
554 | 5059 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
5060 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 5061 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
25012 | 5062 * the outq count. */ |
314 | 5063 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
5064 #endif | |
5065 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
5066 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5067 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 5068 } |
5069 } | |
5070 } | |
5071 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5072 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5073 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5074 |
25012 | 5075 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 5076 } |
5077 } | |
25012 | 5078 |
764 | 5079 pause = (i < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 5080 |
5081 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
5082 if (!pause) | |
5083 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
5084 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 5085 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5086 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 5087 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5088 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5089 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5090 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5091 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 5092 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5093 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5094 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5095 { |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5096 int top = XINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5097 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5098 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5099 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5100 { |
25012 | 5101 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5102 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5103 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5104 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5105 } |
708 | 5106 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5107 { |
25012 | 5108 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5109 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5110 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5111 any text on it. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5112 row = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5113 do |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5114 { |
25012 | 5115 --row; |
5116 col = 0; | |
5117 | |
5118 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) | |
5119 { | |
5120 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5121 must be ignored here. */ | |
5122 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5123 row); | |
5124 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5125 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5126 | |
5127 while (last > start | |
5128 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5129 --last; | |
5130 | |
5131 col = last - start; | |
5132 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5133 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5134 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5135 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5136 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5137 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5138 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5139 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5140 if (row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5141 { |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5142 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5143 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5144 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5145 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5146 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5147 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5148 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5149 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5150 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5151 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 5152 } |
314 | 5153 else |
25012 | 5154 { |
5155 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5156 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5157 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5158 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5159 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5160 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5161 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5162 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5163 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5164 && w->cursor.vpos < XFASTINT (w->height)) |
25012 | 5165 { |
5166 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5167 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5168 | |
5169 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
5170 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width); | |
5171 | |
5172 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) - 1), 0); */ | |
5173 cursor_to (y, x); | |
5174 } | |
5175 } | |
314 | 5176 } |
5177 | |
5178 do_pause: | |
5179 | |
25012 | 5180 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5181 return pause; |
5182 } | |
5183 | |
25012 | 5184 |
5185 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5186 |
21514 | 5187 int |
764 | 5188 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5189 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5190 { |
5191 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5192 int window_size; | |
5193 int changed_lines; | |
764 | 5194 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
5195 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
5196 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5197 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5198 register int i; |
764 | 5199 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
25012 | 5200 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5201 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5202 | |
5203 if (!current_matrix) | |
5204 abort (); | |
5205 | |
5206 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5207 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5208 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5209 changed_lines = 0; |
5210 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
764 | 5211 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
5212 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); i++) | |
314 | 5213 { |
5214 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5215 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5216 return 0; |
25012 | 5217 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5218 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5219 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5220 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5221 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5222 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5223 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5224 } |
314 | 5225 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5226 { |
25012 | 5227 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5228 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5229 } |
314 | 5230 |
5231 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5232 { | |
5233 changed_lines++; | |
764 | 5234 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5235 } |
5236 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5237 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5238 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5239 } |
5240 | |
5241 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
25012 | 5242 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
764 | 5243 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)) |
314 | 5244 return 1; |
5245 | |
764 | 5246 window_size = (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5247 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5248 | |
5249 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
5250 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
764 | 5251 else if (memory_below_frame) |
314 | 5252 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5253 | |
5254 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5255 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5256 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5257 && (window_size >= |
5258 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
764 | 5259 FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5260 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5261 return 0; | |
5262 | |
25012 | 5263 if (window_size < 2) |
5264 return 0; | |
5265 | |
764 | 5266 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5267 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5268 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5269 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5270 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5271 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5272 | |
5273 return 0; | |
5274 } | |
25012 | 5275 |
5276 | |
5277 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5278 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5279 | |
5280 static int | |
5281 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5282 struct glyph *r; | |
5283 int len; | |
314 | 5284 { |
25012 | 5285 int i; |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5286 |
25012 | 5287 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5288 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5289 break; | |
5290 | |
5291 return i; | |
314 | 5292 } |
25012 | 5293 |
5294 | |
5295 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5296 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5297 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5298 |
5299 static int | |
25012 | 5300 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5301 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5302 { |
25012 | 5303 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5304 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
5305 | |
5306 while (p1 < end1 | |
5307 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5308 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5309 ++p1, ++p2; |
5310 | |
5311 return p1 - str1; | |
314 | 5312 } |
5313 | |
25012 | 5314 |
314 | 5315 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5316 |
314 | 5317 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5318 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH((f))]) |
314 | 5319 |
25012 | 5320 |
5321 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5322 | |
314 | 5323 static void |
25012 | 5324 update_frame_line (frame, vpos) |
5325 register struct frame *frame; | |
314 | 5326 int vpos; |
5327 { | |
25012 | 5328 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5329 int tem; |
5330 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
25012 | 5331 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5332 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5333 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); | |
5334 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5335 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5336 int write_spaces_p = must_write_spaces; |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5337 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (frame, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5338 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5339 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5340 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5341 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5342 |
5343 if (desired_row->inverse_p | |
5344 != (current_row->enabled_p && current_row->inverse_p)) | |
314 | 5345 { |
25012 | 5346 int n = current_row->enabled_p ? current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] : 0; |
5347 change_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos, vpos, n); | |
5348 current_row->enabled_p = 0; | |
314 | 5349 } |
5350 else | |
25012 | 5351 reassert_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos); |
5352 | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5353 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5354 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5355 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5356 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5357 { |
25012 | 5358 obody = 0; |
314 | 5359 olen = 0; |
5360 } | |
5361 else | |
5362 { | |
25012 | 5363 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5364 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5365 | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5366 if (!current_row->inverse_p) |
314 | 5367 { |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5368 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5369 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5370 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
314 | 5371 olen--; |
5372 } | |
5373 else | |
5374 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5375 /* For an inverse-video line, make sure it's filled with |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5376 spaces all the way to the frame edge so that the reverse |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5377 video extends all the way across. */ |
25012 | 5378 while (olen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) |
5379 obody[olen++] = space_glyph; | |
314 | 5380 } |
5381 } | |
5382 | |
25012 | 5383 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5384 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5385 current_row->inverse_p = desired_row->inverse_p; | |
5386 | |
5387 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5388 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5389 { |
5390 nlen = 0; | |
5391 goto just_erase; | |
5392 } | |
5393 | |
25012 | 5394 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5395 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5396 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5397 | |
5398 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5399 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5400 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5401 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5402 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5403 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5404 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5405 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5406 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5407 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5408 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5409 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5410 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5411 } |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5412 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5413 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5414 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5415 case but in the line below. */ |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5416 if (nlen < FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5417 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5418 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5419 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5420 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5421 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5422 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5423 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5424 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5425 |
25012 | 5426 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5427 return; | |
5428 } | |
314 | 5429 |
5430 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5431 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
25012 | 5432 if (!desired_row->inverse_p) |
314 | 5433 { |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5434 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5435 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
314 | 5436 nlen--; |
5437 } | |
5438 else | |
5439 { | |
25012 | 5440 /* For an inverse-video line, give it extra trailing spaces all |
5441 the way to the frame edge so that the reverse video extends | |
5442 all the way across. */ | |
5443 while (nlen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) | |
5444 nbody[nlen++] = space_glyph; | |
314 | 5445 } |
5446 | |
5447 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
5448 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
5449 { | |
25012 | 5450 int i, j; |
5451 | |
5452 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5453 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5454 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5455 { | |
25012 | 5456 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5457 { |
25012 | 5458 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5459 j = i + 1; | |
5460 while (j < nlen | |
5461 && (j >= olen | |
5462 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5463 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5464 ++j; | |
5465 | |
5466 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ | |
314 | 5467 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5468 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5469 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5470 |
5471 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5472 } | |
5473 } | |
5474 | |
5475 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5476 if (olen > nlen) | |
5477 { | |
5478 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5479 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5480 } | |
5481 | |
25012 | 5482 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5483 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5484 return; |
5485 } | |
5486 | |
25012 | 5487 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5488 characters in a row. */ | |
5489 | |
314 | 5490 if (!olen) |
5491 { | |
25012 | 5492 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5493 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5494 if (write_spaces_p || desired_row->inverse_p) |
25012 | 5495 nsp = 0; |
5496 else | |
5497 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5498 | |
314 | 5499 if (nlen > nsp) |
5500 { | |
5501 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5502 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5503 } | |
5504 | |
764 | 5505 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5506 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5507 return; |
5508 } | |
5509 | |
5510 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5511 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5512 nsp = (desired_row->inverse_p || colored_spaces_p |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5513 ? 0 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5514 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5515 |
5516 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5517 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5518 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5519 |
5520 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5521 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5522 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5523 { |
5524 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5525 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5526 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5527 } |
5528 | |
5529 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5530 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5531 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5532 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5533 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5534 | |
5535 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5536 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5537 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5538 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5539 while (op1 > op2 |
5540 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5541 { |
5542 op1--; | |
5543 np1--; | |
5544 } | |
5545 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5546 | |
5547 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5548 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5549 Is it worth it? */ | |
5550 | |
5551 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5552 if (endmatch && tem | |
764 | 5553 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[tem])) |
314 | 5554 endmatch = 0; |
5555 | |
5556 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5557 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5558 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5559 Is it worth it? */ | |
5560 | |
5561 if (nsp != osp | |
5562 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
764 | 5563 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5564 { |
5565 begmatch = 0; | |
5566 endmatch = 0; | |
5567 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5568 } | |
5569 | |
5570 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5571 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5572 | |
5573 if (osp > nsp) | |
5574 { | |
5575 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5576 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5577 } | |
5578 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5579 { | |
5580 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5581 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5582 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5583 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5584 { | |
5585 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5586 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5587 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5588 } | |
5589 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5590 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5591 } |
5592 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5593 | |
5594 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5595 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5596 { | |
5597 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); | |
5598 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5599 { | |
5600 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, | |
5601 there is no need to do clear-to-eol at the end. | |
5602 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not | |
5603 going to be "at the margin" after the text is done) */ | |
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5604 if (nlen == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
314 | 5605 olen = 0; |
5606 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
5607 } | |
5608 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5609 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5610 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5611 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5612 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5613 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5614 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5615 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5616 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5617 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5618 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5619 |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5620 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
25012 | 5621 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5622 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
25012 | 5623 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5624 del = olen - tem - out; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5625 if (del > 0) delete_glyphs (del); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5626 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5627 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5628 olen = nlen; |
5629 } | |
5630 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5631 { | |
5632 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
5633 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5634 olen = nlen; | |
5635 } | |
5636 } | |
5637 | |
5638 just_erase: | |
5639 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5640 if (olen > nlen) | |
5641 { | |
5642 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5643 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5644 } | |
5645 | |
764 | 5646 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5647 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5648 } |
25012 | 5649 |
5650 | |
314 | 5651 |
25012 | 5652 /*********************************************************************** |
5653 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5654 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5655 | |
5656 /* Return the character position of the character at window relative | |
5657 pixel position (*X, *Y). *X and *Y are adjusted to character | |
5658 boundaries. */ | |
5659 | |
5660 int | |
5661 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y) | |
5662 struct window *w; | |
5663 int *x, *y; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5664 { |
25012 | 5665 struct it it; |
5666 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5667 struct text_pos startp; | |
5668 int left_area_width; | |
5669 | |
5670 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5671 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5672 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5673 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5674 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
5675 | |
5676 left_area_width = WINDOW_DISPLAY_LEFT_AREA_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); | |
5677 move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, | |
5678 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
5679 | |
5680 *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; | |
5681 *y = it.current_y; | |
5682 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
5683 return IT_CHARPOS (it); | |
5684 } | |
5685 | |
5686 | |
5687 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
5688 mode or top line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero | |
5689 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in | |
5690 the string returned. */ | |
5691 | |
5692 Lisp_Object | |
5693 mode_line_string (w, x, y, mode_line_p, charpos) | |
5694 struct window *w; | |
30713
fee809f81f97
(mode_line_string): Declare parameter MODE_LINE_P.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30323
diff
changeset
|
5695 int x, y, mode_line_p; |
25012 | 5696 int *charpos; |
5697 { | |
5698 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5699 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
5700 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
5701 int x0; | |
5702 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
5703 | |
5704 if (mode_line_p) | |
5705 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); | |
5706 else | |
25546 | 5707 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 5708 |
5709 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5710 { |
25012 | 5711 /* The mode lines are displayed over scroll bars and bitmap |
5712 areas, and X is window-relative. Correct X by the scroll bar | |
5713 and bitmap area width. */ | |
5714 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) | |
5715 x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
25459
293b78b9ff60
(mode_line_string): Add FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25385
diff
changeset
|
5716 x += FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
25012 | 5717 |
5718 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, | |
5719 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5720 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5721 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5722 for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
5723 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
5724 { | |
5725 string = glyph->object; | |
5726 *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
5727 break; | |
5728 } | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5729 } |
25012 | 5730 |
5731 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5732 } |
25012 | 5733 |
5734 | |
5735 /*********************************************************************** | |
5736 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5737 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5738 |
5739 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5740 |
493 | 5741 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5742 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5743 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5744 { |
5745 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5746 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5747 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5748 #endif |
314 | 5749 int old_errno = errno; |
5750 | |
764 | 5751 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
314 | 5752 |
764 | 5753 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
5754 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
314 | 5755 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
764 | 5756 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
314 | 5757 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
5758 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
5759 | |
5760 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5761 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5762 |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5763 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5764 { |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5765 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
314 | 5766 { |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5767 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
314 | 5768 break; |
5769 } | |
5770 } | |
5771 } | |
5772 | |
5773 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
5774 errno = old_errno; | |
5775 } | |
5776 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5777 | |
5778 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5779 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5780 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5781 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5782 |
21514 | 5783 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5784 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5785 int safe; |
314 | 5786 { |
5787 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5788 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5789 return; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5790 |
314 | 5791 while (delayed_size_change) |
5792 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5793 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5794 |
5795 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5796 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5797 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5798 { |
25012 | 5799 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5800 |
764 | 5801 int height = FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f); |
5802 int width = FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f); | |
314 | 5803 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5804 if (height != 0 || width != 0) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5805 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5806 } |
5807 } | |
5808 } | |
5809 | |
5810 | |
764 | 5811 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5812 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5813 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5814 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5815 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5816 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5817 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5818 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5819 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5820 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5821 |
21514 | 5822 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5823 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5824 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5825 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5826 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5827 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5828 |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5829 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5830 { |
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5831 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5832 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5833 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5834 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5835 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5836 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5837 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5838 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5839 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5840 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5841 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5842 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5843 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5844 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5845 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 5846 { |
16256
1ce0cb94fa68
(preserve_other_columns, preserve_my_columns): Use new
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16195
diff
changeset
|
5847 int new_frame_window_width; |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5848 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5849 |
314 | 5850 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5851 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5852 { |
25012 | 5853 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5854 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = newwidth; | |
314 | 5855 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5856 return; | |
5857 } | |
5858 | |
764 | 5859 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
25012 | 5860 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
5861 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = 0; | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5862 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5863 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5864 if (newheight == 0) |
25012 | 5865 newheight = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5866 if (newwidth == 0) |
25012 | 5867 newwidth = FRAME_WIDTH (f); |
5868 | |
5869 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5870 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
5871 new_frame_window_width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH_ARG (f, newwidth); | |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5872 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5873 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5874 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5875 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5876 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
25012 | 5877 if (newheight == FRAME_HEIGHT (f) |
5878 && new_frame_window_width == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) | |
314 | 5879 return; |
5880 | |
15078 | 5881 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5882 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5883 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5884 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5885 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5886 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5887 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5888 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5889 |
25012 | 5890 if (newheight != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)) |
314 | 5891 { |
25012 | 5892 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5893 { |
25012 | 5894 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
5895 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
5896 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); | |
5897 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5898 (newheight | |
5899 - 1 | |
5900 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
5901 0); | |
5902 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5903 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5904 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5905 } |
5906 else | |
764 | 5907 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5908 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
5909 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
5910 | |
5911 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5912 FrameRows = newheight; |
314 | 5913 } |
5914 | |
25012 | 5915 if (new_frame_window_width != FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
314 | 5916 { |
25012 | 5917 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); |
5918 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) | |
5919 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); | |
5920 | |
5921 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
764 | 5922 FrameCols = newwidth; |
25012 | 5923 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5924 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5925 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->width, newwidth); |
314 | 5926 } |
5927 | |
25012 | 5928 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5929 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, newwidth); | |
5930 | |
5931 { | |
5932 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
5933 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
5934 | |
5935 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, | |
5936 &text_area_height); | |
5937 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
5938 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
5939 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
5940 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
5941 } | |
5942 | |
5943 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
5944 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
5945 calculate_costs (f); | |
15065 | 5946 |
5947 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5948 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5949 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5950 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5951 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 5952 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
5953 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer); | |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5954 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5955 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 5956 } |
25012 | 5957 |
5958 | |
314 | 5959 |
25012 | 5960 /*********************************************************************** |
5961 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
5962 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5963 | |
5964 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
5965 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", | |
5966 "Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal.\n\ | |
5967 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open.") | |
5968 (file) | |
5969 Lisp_Object file; | |
5970 { | |
5971 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
5972 termscript = 0; | |
5973 | |
5974 if (! NILP (file)) | |
5975 { | |
5976 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
5977 termscript = fopen (XSTRING (file)->data, "w"); | |
5978 if (termscript == 0) | |
5979 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
5980 } | |
5981 return Qnil; | |
5982 } | |
5983 | |
5984 | |
314 | 5985 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
5986 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, | |
5987 "Send STRING to the terminal without alteration.\n\ | |
5988 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects.") | |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5989 (string) |
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5990 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 5991 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
5992 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5993 CHECK_STRING (string, 0); |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5994 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), stdout); |
314 | 5995 fflush (stdout); |
5996 if (termscript) | |
5997 { | |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5998 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), |
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5999 termscript); |
314 | 6000 fflush (termscript); |
6001 } | |
6002 return Qnil; | |
6003 } | |
6004 | |
25012 | 6005 |
314 | 6006 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
6007 "Beep, or flash the screen.\n\ | |
6008 Also, unless an argument is given,\n\ | |
6009 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing.") | |
6010 (arg) | |
6011 Lisp_Object arg; | |
6012 { | |
493 | 6013 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6014 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6015 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6016 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6017 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6018 ring_bell (); |
314 | 6019 fflush (stdout); |
6020 } | |
6021 else | |
6022 bitch_at_user (); | |
6023 | |
6024 return Qnil; | |
6025 } | |
6026 | |
21514 | 6027 void |
314 | 6028 bitch_at_user () |
6029 { | |
6030 if (noninteractive) | |
6031 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6032 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6033 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6034 else | |
6035 ring_bell (); | |
6036 fflush (stdout); | |
6037 } | |
6038 | |
25012 | 6039 |
6040 | |
6041 /*********************************************************************** | |
6042 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6043 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6044 | |
314 | 6045 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6046 "Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds.\n\ |
2648 | 6047 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
6048 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
6049 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
6050 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
6051 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)") | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6052 (seconds, milliseconds) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6053 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6054 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6055 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6056 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6057 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6058 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6059 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6060 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
2648 | 6061 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6062 | |
6063 { | |
6064 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6065 sec = (int) duration; | |
6066 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6067 } | |
314 | 6068 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6069 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6070 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6071 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6072 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6073 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6074 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6075 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6076 { |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6077 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if user is negative. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6078 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6079 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6080 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6081 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6082 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6083 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6084 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6085 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6086 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6087 return Qnil; |
6088 | |
650 | 6089 { |
6090 Lisp_Object zero; | |
6091 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6092 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 6093 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
6094 } | |
587 | 6095 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6096 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6097 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6098 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6099 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 6100 immediate_quit = 1; |
6101 QUIT; | |
6102 | |
6103 #ifdef VMS | |
6104 sys_sleep (sec); | |
6105 #else /* not VMS */ | |
6106 /* The reason this is done this way | |
6107 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) | |
6108 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined' */ | |
6109 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT | |
554 | 6110 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
6111 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 6112 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
554 | 6113 |
314 | 6114 while (1) |
6115 { | |
554 | 6116 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
6117 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
6118 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
6119 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 6120 break; |
6121 } | |
6122 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6123 sleep (sec); | |
6124 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6125 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
6126 | |
6127 immediate_quit = 0; | |
6128 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
6129 | |
6130 return Qnil; | |
6131 } | |
6132 | |
25012 | 6133 |
650 | 6134 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
6135 it does the redisplay. | |
6136 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
6137 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
6138 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 6139 |
6140 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6141 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6142 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 6143 { |
650 | 6144 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 6145 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6146 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6147 |
14757
99125e1e8bac
(sit_for): Pass DISPLAY to detect_input_pending_run_timers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14646
diff
changeset
|
6148 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display)) |
314 | 6149 return Qnil; |
650 | 6150 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6151 if (initial_display) |
35336
002c02db42d3
Call redisplay_preserve_echo_area with additional arg.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35307
diff
changeset
|
6152 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
314 | 6153 |
673 | 6154 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
6155 return Qt; | |
6156 | |
314 | 6157 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6158 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6159 #endif |
6160 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6161 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 6162 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
6163 | |
314 | 6164 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6165 } | |
6166 | |
25012 | 6167 |
650 | 6168 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6169 "Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available.\n\ |
2648 | 6170 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
6171 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
6172 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
6173 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
6174 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)\n\ | |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6175 Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input.\n\ |
650 | 6176 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen\n\ |
6177 if input is available before it starts.\n\ | |
6178 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving.") | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6179 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6180 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 6181 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6182 int sec, usec; |
650 | 6183 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6184 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6185 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6186 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6187 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
2648 | 6188 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6189 | |
6190 { | |
6191 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6192 sec = (int) duration; | |
6193 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6194 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6195 |
650 | 6196 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6197 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6198 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6199 #endif |
6200 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6201 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6202 } |
25012 | 6203 |
6204 | |
314 | 6205 |
25012 | 6206 /*********************************************************************** |
6207 Other Lisp Functions | |
6208 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6209 | |
6210 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6211 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6212 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6213 add length checks). */ | |
6214 | |
6215 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6216 | |
6217 | |
6218 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
6219 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, | |
6220 "Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed.\n\ | |
6221 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers,\n\ | |
6222 aside from buffers whose names start with space,\n\ | |
6223 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast\n\ | |
6224 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed.\n\ | |
6225 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect\n\ | |
6226 the current state.\n") | |
6227 () | |
6228 { | |
6229 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6230 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6231 int n; | |
6232 | |
6233 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6234 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6235 { | |
6236 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6237 goto changed; | |
6238 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6239 goto changed; | |
6240 } | |
6241 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6242 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6243 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6244 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6245 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6246 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6247 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6248 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
6249 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
6250 continue; | |
6251 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6252 goto changed; | |
6253 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6254 goto changed; | |
6255 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6256 goto changed; | |
6257 } | |
6258 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6259 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6260 return Qnil; | |
6261 changed: | |
6262 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6263 n = 1; | |
6264 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6265 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6266 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6267 n += 3; |
6268 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6269 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6270 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6271 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6272 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6273 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6274 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6275 { | |
6276 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6277 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6278 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6279 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6280 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6281 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6282 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
6283 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
6284 continue; | |
6285 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6286 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6287 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6288 } | |
6289 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6290 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6291 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6292 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6293 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6294 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6295 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6296 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6297 abort (); | |
6298 return Qt; | |
6299 } | |
6300 | |
6301 | |
6302 | |
6303 /*********************************************************************** | |
6304 Initialization | |
6305 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6306 | |
314 | 6307 char *terminal_type; |
6308 | |
25012 | 6309 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
6310 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6311 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6312 |
21514 | 6313 void |
314 | 6314 init_display () |
6315 { | |
6316 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
6317 extern int display_arg; | |
6318 #endif | |
6319 | |
25012 | 6320 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6321 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6322 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6323 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6324 | |
314 | 6325 meta_key = 0; |
6326 inverse_video = 0; | |
6327 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6328 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6329 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6330 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6331 during startup. */ |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6332 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6333 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6334 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6335 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6336 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6337 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6338 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6339 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6340 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6341 |
6342 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6343 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6344 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6345 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6346 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6347 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6348 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6349 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6350 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6351 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6352 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6353 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6354 |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6355 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6356 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6357 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6358 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6359 ) |
314 | 6360 { |
6361 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
6362 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
6363 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6364 #else | |
6365 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6366 #endif | |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6367 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6368 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6369 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6370 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6371 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6372 #endif |
25012 | 6373 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6374 return; |
6375 } | |
6376 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6377 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6378 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6379 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6380 { |
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6381 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6382 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6383 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6384 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6385 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6386 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6387 |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6388 #ifdef macintosh |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6389 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6390 { |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6391 Vwindow_system = intern ("mac"); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6392 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6393 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6394 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6395 } |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6396 #endif /* macintosh */ |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6397 |
314 | 6398 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6399 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6400 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6401 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6402 exit (1); |
6403 } | |
6404 | |
6405 /* Look at the TERM variable */ | |
6406 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); | |
6407 if (!terminal_type) | |
6408 { | |
6409 #ifdef VMS | |
6410 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6411 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6412 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6413 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6414 #else | |
6415 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6416 #endif | |
6417 exit (1); | |
6418 } | |
6419 | |
6420 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6421 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6422 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6423 { | |
6424 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6425 char *p; | |
6426 | |
6427 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6428 | |
6429 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6430 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6431 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6432 | |
6433 terminal_type = new; | |
6434 } | |
25012 | 6435 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6436 |
6437 term_init (terminal_type); | |
25012 | 6438 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6439 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6440 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6441 int width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6442 int height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6443 |
25012 | 6444 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6445 | |
6446 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6447 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6448 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6449 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6450 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6451 |
25012 | 6452 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6453 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6454 |
6455 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6456 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6457 if (initialized) | |
6458 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6459 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6460 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6461 |
6462 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6463 if (initialized | |
6464 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6465 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6466 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6467 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6468 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6469 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6470 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6471 #endif |
25012 | 6472 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6473 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6474 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6475 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6476 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6477 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6478 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6479 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6480 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6481 } |
314 | 6482 } |
25012 | 6483 |
6484 | |
314 | 6485 |
25012 | 6486 /*********************************************************************** |
6487 Blinking cursor | |
6488 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6489 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6490 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6491 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6492 "Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW.\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6493 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6494 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6495 don't show a cursor.") |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6496 (window, show) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6497 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6498 { |
6499 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6500 output routines. */ | |
6501 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6502 { | |
6503 if (NILP (window)) | |
6504 window = selected_window; | |
6505 else | |
6506 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); | |
6507 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6508 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6509 } |
6510 | |
6511 return Qnil; | |
6512 } | |
6513 | |
6514 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6515 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6516 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
26499
10af169a628b
(Finternal_show_cursor_p): Fix doc string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26334
diff
changeset
|
6517 "Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW.\n\ |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6518 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window.") |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6519 (window) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6520 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6521 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6522 struct window *w; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6523 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6524 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6525 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6526 else |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6527 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6528 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6529 w = XWINDOW (window); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6530 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6531 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6532 |
25012 | 6533 |
6534 /*********************************************************************** | |
6535 Initialization | |
6536 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6537 | |
21514 | 6538 void |
314 | 6539 syms_of_display () |
6540 { | |
764 | 6541 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6542 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6543 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6544 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6545 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6546 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6547 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6548 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6549 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6550 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6551 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6552 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6553 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6554 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6555 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6556 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6557 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6558 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6559 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6560 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6561 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6562 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6563 |
314 | 6564 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
7926
b87f2c705501
(syms_of_display): Make baud-rate a user var.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7900
diff
changeset
|
6565 "*The output baud rate of the terminal.\n\ |
314 | 6566 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding\n\ |
6567 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay."); | |
25012 | 6568 |
314 | 6569 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
764 | 6570 "*Non-nil means invert the entire frame display.\n\ |
314 | 6571 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be."); |
25012 | 6572 |
314 | 6573 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
764 | 6574 "*Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell."); |
25012 | 6575 |
314 | 6576 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
764 | 6577 "*Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending.\n\ |
314 | 6578 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve\n\ |
764 | 6579 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs.\n\ |
314 | 6580 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that."); |
25012 | 6581 |
314 | 6582 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
6583 "A symbol naming the window-system under which Emacs is running\n\ | |
6584 \(such as `x'), or nil if emacs is running on an ordinary terminal."); | |
25012 | 6585 |
314 | 6586 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
6587 "The version number of the window system in use.\n\ | |
6588 For X windows, this is 10 or 11."); | |
25012 | 6589 |
314 | 6590 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
6591 "Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there."); | |
25012 | 6592 |
314 | 6593 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
764 | 6594 "Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame.\n\ |
314 | 6595 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph.\n\ |
6596 Each element can be:\n\ | |
6597 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for.\n\ | |
6598 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows).\n\ | |
6599 nil: this glyph mod 256 is char code to output,\n\ | |
6857 | 6600 and this glyph / 256 is face code for X windows (see `face-id')."); |
314 | 6601 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6602 | |
6603 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, | |
6604 "Display table to use for buffers that specify none.\n\ | |
6605 See `buffer-display-table' for more information."); | |
6606 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; | |
6607 | |
25012 | 6608 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
6609 "*Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected."); | |
6610 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; | |
6611 | |
314 | 6612 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6613 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6614 if (noninteractive) | |
6615 #endif | |
6616 { | |
6617 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6618 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6619 } | |
6620 } |